1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
29 #include "blockinput.h"
30 #include "syssignal.h"
32 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
33 if this is not done before the other system files. */
35 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
37 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
38 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
40 #include <sys/types.h>
43 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
50 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
51 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
54 #include "character.h"
57 #include "dispextern.h"
59 #include "termhooks.h"
62 #include "emacs-icon.h"
67 #include "intervals.h"
73 #include "xsettings.h"
75 #include "sysselect.h"
78 #include <X11/Shell.h>
86 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
91 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
95 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
97 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
98 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
100 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
102 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
103 #if defined USE_MOTIF
104 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
105 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
106 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
109 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
110 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
111 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
112 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
113 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
114 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
115 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
117 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
118 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
119 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
120 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
122 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
126 #ifndef XtNinitialState
127 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
131 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
133 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
137 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
142 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
145 static int any_help_event_p
;
147 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
148 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
150 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
153 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
155 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
156 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
157 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
158 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
160 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
162 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
164 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
166 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
171 } pending_event_wait
;
174 /* The application context for Xt use. */
175 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
176 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
178 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
180 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
181 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
183 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
184 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
185 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
187 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
191 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
192 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
193 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
194 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
196 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
198 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
199 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
200 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
201 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
202 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
203 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
204 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
205 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
206 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
209 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
211 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
212 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
213 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
215 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
217 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
218 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
221 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
222 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
225 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
227 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
228 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
229 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
230 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
231 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
232 it's somewhat accurate. */
234 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
236 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
238 static Time last_user_time
;
240 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
243 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
245 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
247 static int x_noop_count
;
249 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
251 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
252 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
255 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
256 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
258 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
259 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
262 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
263 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
267 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
272 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
273 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
274 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
275 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
277 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
278 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
279 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
281 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
282 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
283 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
284 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
285 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
288 /* Used in x_flush. */
290 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
291 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
292 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
293 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
294 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
295 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
297 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
298 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
299 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
300 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
301 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
302 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
303 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
304 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
305 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
306 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
307 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
308 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
309 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
310 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
311 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
312 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
313 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
314 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
315 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
316 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
317 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
319 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
320 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
321 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
322 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
323 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
324 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
325 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
326 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
327 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
329 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
330 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
331 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
332 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
333 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
334 int *, struct input_event
*);
336 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
338 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
339 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
340 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
341 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
342 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
343 static void x_initialize (void);
346 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
349 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
351 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
352 connection may be broken. */
353 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
359 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
360 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
361 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
362 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
364 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
365 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
370 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
371 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
372 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
373 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
374 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
377 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
380 /***********************************************************************
382 ***********************************************************************/
386 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
387 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
395 struct record event_record
[100];
397 int event_record_index
;
400 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
402 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
403 event_record_index
= 0;
405 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
406 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
407 event_record_index
++;
414 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
416 struct x_display_info
*
417 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
419 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
421 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
422 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
429 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
431 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
432 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
433 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
435 while (wi
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
439 unsigned int nchildren
;
442 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
449 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
452 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
454 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
455 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
456 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
458 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
462 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
467 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
468 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
469 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
470 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
474 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
476 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
479 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
481 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
483 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
484 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
485 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
486 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
488 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
490 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
491 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
492 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
494 /* return unless necessary */
499 unsigned long n
, left
;
501 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
502 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
503 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
506 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
508 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
518 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
519 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
520 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
525 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
527 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
531 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
533 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
537 /***********************************************************************
538 Starting and ending an update
539 ***********************************************************************/
541 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
542 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
543 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
544 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
545 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
548 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
554 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
555 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
559 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
561 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
562 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
565 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
569 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
571 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
572 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
574 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
576 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
577 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
584 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
587 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
589 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
592 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
594 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
597 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
598 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
601 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
603 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
604 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
606 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
607 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
608 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
610 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
611 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
615 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
617 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
619 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
624 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
626 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
628 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
629 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
634 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
635 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
636 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
638 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
639 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
640 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
643 updated_window
= NULL
;
647 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
651 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
653 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
654 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
658 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
664 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
665 complete update has been performed. The global variable
666 updated_window is not available here. */
669 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
673 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
675 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
676 || f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
679 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
680 note_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
681 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
682 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
683 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
690 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
691 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
692 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
693 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
694 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
695 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
698 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
700 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
706 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
707 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
709 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
710 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
711 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
712 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
713 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
714 overhead is very small. */
715 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
716 && desired_row
->full_width_p
717 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
718 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
720 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
723 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
726 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
727 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
728 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
729 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
730 y
, width
, height
, False
);
736 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
738 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
739 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
740 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
741 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
742 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
744 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
745 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
749 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
751 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
752 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
753 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
754 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
756 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
758 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
760 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
761 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
762 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
763 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
764 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
765 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
766 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
767 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
769 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
773 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
774 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
775 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
779 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
780 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== p
->x
)
781 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
782 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== bar_area_x
)
786 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
788 nx
= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
789 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
791 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
796 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== bx
)
798 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
799 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
801 else if (bx
+ nx
== bar_area_x
)
802 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
807 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
808 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
811 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
817 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
818 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
822 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
824 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
826 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
828 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
830 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
831 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
833 face
->background
, depth
);
837 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
838 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
841 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
842 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
843 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
844 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
847 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
848 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
849 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
853 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
854 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
855 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
859 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
864 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
865 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
866 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
870 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
874 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
875 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
878 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
883 /***********************************************************************
885 ***********************************************************************/
889 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
890 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
891 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
893 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
894 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
895 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
896 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
897 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
898 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
899 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
900 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
901 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
902 static int x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
903 unsigned long *, double, int);
904 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
905 double, int, unsigned long);
906 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
907 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
908 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
909 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
910 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
911 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
913 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
914 int, int, int, int, int, int,
916 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
917 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
918 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
921 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
925 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
929 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
931 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
932 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
933 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
935 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
938 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
942 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
943 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
945 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
946 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
947 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
948 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
949 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
950 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
951 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
953 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
954 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
955 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
957 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
958 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
961 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
962 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
963 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
965 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
966 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
969 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
970 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
972 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
977 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
980 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
985 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
986 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
987 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
989 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
991 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
992 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
994 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
995 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
996 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
998 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1002 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1007 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1008 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1009 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1010 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1012 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1013 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1016 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1017 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1019 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1022 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1026 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1027 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1028 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1031 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1033 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1037 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1038 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1042 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1044 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1046 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1048 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1049 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1051 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1053 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1054 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1056 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1058 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1061 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1063 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1064 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1066 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1067 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1069 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1070 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1074 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1075 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1078 /* GC must have been set. */
1079 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1083 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1084 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1087 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1089 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1090 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1093 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1098 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1099 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1103 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1108 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1110 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1113 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1118 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1121 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1124 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1125 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1127 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1129 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1131 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1132 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1135 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1136 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1137 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1141 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1143 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1145 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1146 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1147 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1151 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1152 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1157 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1160 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1163 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1164 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1165 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1166 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1170 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1171 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1172 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1173 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1174 contains the first component of a composition. */
1177 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1179 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1180 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1181 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1183 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1187 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1188 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1189 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1190 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1191 s
->background_width
,
1192 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1193 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1194 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1196 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1197 || s
->font_not_found_p
1198 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1201 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1202 s
->background_width
,
1203 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1204 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1210 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1213 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1217 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1218 of S to the right of that box line. */
1219 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1220 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1221 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1225 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1227 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1229 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1231 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1232 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1233 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1235 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1240 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1241 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1244 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1245 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1247 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1249 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1250 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1252 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1253 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1254 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1258 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1261 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1264 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1266 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1267 of S to the right of that box line. */
1268 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1269 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1270 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1274 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1275 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1276 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1277 this composition. */
1279 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1280 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1281 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1283 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1284 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1285 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1287 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1291 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1292 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1293 space on the left or right. */
1294 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1296 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1297 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1299 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1300 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1301 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1306 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1311 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1313 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1314 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1315 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1318 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1322 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1323 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1324 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1327 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1328 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1329 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1330 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1331 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1332 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1340 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1341 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1342 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1348 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1351 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1353 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1357 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1358 of S to the right of that box line. */
1359 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1360 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1361 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1367 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1369 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1370 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1372 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1375 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1376 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1380 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1381 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1382 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1383 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1384 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1385 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1388 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1390 sprintf ((char *) buf
, "%0*X",
1391 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1392 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1398 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1401 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1402 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1404 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1405 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1407 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1408 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1409 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1411 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1412 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1413 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1416 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1417 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1418 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1419 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1420 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1421 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1425 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1427 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1428 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1429 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1430 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1434 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1435 cannot be determined. */
1437 static struct frame
*
1438 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1440 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1444 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1446 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1447 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1448 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1449 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1450 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1451 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1453 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1454 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1455 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1456 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1457 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1459 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1460 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1461 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1467 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1468 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1469 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1470 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1471 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1472 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1475 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1476 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1478 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1479 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1482 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
1485 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1486 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1488 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1490 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1492 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1497 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1498 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1500 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1503 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1505 DPY is the display we are working on.
1507 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1508 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1509 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1510 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1512 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1513 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1515 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1516 we allocated the color or not.
1518 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1521 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1522 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1523 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1533 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1534 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1536 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1540 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1541 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1542 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1544 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1546 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1547 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1549 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1551 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1552 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1554 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1555 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1557 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1558 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1563 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1565 params
[0] = color_name
;
1566 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1567 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1568 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1573 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1575 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1577 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1581 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1585 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1586 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1589 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1594 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1595 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1596 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1598 APP is the application context in which we work.
1600 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1601 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1602 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1604 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1607 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1612 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1614 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1617 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1619 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1620 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1621 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1622 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1623 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1628 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1631 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1632 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1633 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1634 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1636 static const XColor
*
1637 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1639 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1641 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1643 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1644 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1647 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1648 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1649 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1651 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1652 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1654 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1655 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1658 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1659 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1663 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1664 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1667 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1669 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1671 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1674 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1676 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1677 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1678 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1679 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1683 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1687 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1688 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1691 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1693 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1697 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1698 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1699 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1703 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1707 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1710 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1711 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1712 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1713 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1715 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1716 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1717 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1719 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1721 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1723 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1724 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1725 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1726 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1728 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1731 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1735 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1736 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1737 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1738 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1742 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1743 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1744 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1745 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1746 XColor
*cached_color
;
1748 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1749 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1750 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1751 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1752 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1754 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1755 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1756 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1760 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1762 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1763 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1769 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1770 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1771 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1775 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1777 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1778 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1782 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1783 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1784 get color reference counts right. */
1787 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1791 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1793 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1794 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1796 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1797 register_color (pixel
);
1803 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1806 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1807 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1808 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1809 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1810 use an additional additive factor.
1812 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1813 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1814 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1817 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1818 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1819 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1820 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1821 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1822 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1825 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1831 /* Get RGB color values. */
1832 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1833 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1835 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1836 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1837 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1838 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1839 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1841 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1842 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1844 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1845 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1846 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1847 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1848 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1850 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1851 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1852 /* The additive adjustment. */
1853 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1857 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1858 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1859 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1863 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1864 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1865 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1869 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1870 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1873 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1875 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1876 delta to the RGB values. */
1877 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1879 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1880 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1881 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1882 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1893 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1894 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1895 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1896 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1897 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1898 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1901 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1904 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1905 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1906 unsigned long pixel
;
1907 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1908 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1909 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1910 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1912 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1913 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1915 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1916 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1917 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1919 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1921 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1922 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1925 /* Allocate new color. */
1926 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1928 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1929 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1931 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1932 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1935 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1937 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1939 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1942 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1946 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1949 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1951 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1952 unsigned long color
;
1954 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1955 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1956 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1958 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1959 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1964 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1965 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1966 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1969 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1970 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1972 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1973 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1974 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1975 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1976 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1981 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1982 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1983 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1984 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1985 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1986 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1990 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1991 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1992 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1993 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1995 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1996 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2001 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2003 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2004 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2006 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
2007 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
2008 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2015 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2016 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2017 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2019 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2020 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2021 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2022 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2029 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2031 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2032 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2034 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2035 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2036 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2039 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2041 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2043 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2044 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2048 /* Outermost top line. */
2050 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2051 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2052 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2054 /* Outermost left line. */
2056 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2062 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2063 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2064 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2065 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2066 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2067 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2068 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2074 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2075 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2076 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2077 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2078 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2081 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2085 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2086 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2087 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2088 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2089 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2090 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2093 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2094 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2095 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2099 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2100 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2101 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2104 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2105 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2109 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2110 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2113 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2114 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2118 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2119 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2121 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2122 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2126 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2129 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2131 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2132 int left_p
, right_p
;
2133 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2134 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2136 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2137 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2138 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2140 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2141 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2143 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2145 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2146 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2148 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2150 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2152 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2154 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2155 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2157 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2158 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2159 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2161 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2163 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2165 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2166 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2167 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2170 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2171 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2172 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2177 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2180 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2183 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2185 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2186 right of that line. */
2187 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2188 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2190 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2192 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2194 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2195 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2196 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2197 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2203 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2204 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2205 trust on the shape extension to be available
2206 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2208 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2211 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2213 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2214 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2215 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2216 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2217 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2219 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2222 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2223 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2224 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2225 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2226 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2227 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2231 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2233 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2236 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2237 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2238 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2239 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2240 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2241 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2243 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2244 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2245 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2246 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2247 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2248 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2249 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2251 int relief
= s
->img
->relief
;
2252 if (relief
< 0) relief
= -relief
;
2253 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2254 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2255 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2256 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2261 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2262 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2263 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2267 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2270 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2272 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2273 int extra_x
, extra_y
;
2276 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2278 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2279 right of that line. */
2280 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2281 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2283 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2285 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2287 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2288 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2289 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2290 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2292 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2293 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2295 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2296 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2300 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2301 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2304 extra_x
= extra_y
= 0;
2305 if (s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
)
2307 if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
2308 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2309 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)))
2311 extra_x
= XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2312 extra_y
= XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2314 else if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2315 extra_x
= extra_y
= XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
2318 x0
= x
- thick
- extra_x
;
2319 y0
= y
- thick
- extra_y
;
2320 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra_x
;
2321 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra_y
;
2323 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2324 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2325 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2327 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2329 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2334 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2337 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2340 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2342 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2343 right of that line. */
2344 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2345 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2347 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2349 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2351 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2352 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2353 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2354 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2360 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2361 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2362 trust on the shape extension to be available
2363 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2365 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2369 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2370 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2371 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2372 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2373 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2375 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2376 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2377 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2378 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2382 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2383 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2384 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2386 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2387 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2388 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2389 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2390 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2391 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2392 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2394 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2396 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2397 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2398 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2403 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2404 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2405 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2409 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2410 give the rectangle to draw. */
2413 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2417 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2418 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2419 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2420 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2423 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2427 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2430 s->x +-------------------------
2433 | +-------------------------
2436 | | +-------------------
2442 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2444 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2445 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2447 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2450 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2451 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2452 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2453 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2455 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2456 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2458 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2459 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2463 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2464 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2468 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2469 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2470 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2471 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2472 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2474 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2475 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2476 s
->background_width
,
2479 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2481 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2483 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2486 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2487 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2488 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2489 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2490 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2491 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2492 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2497 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2499 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2500 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2501 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2502 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2510 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2512 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2514 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2515 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2517 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2520 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2523 /* Draw the foreground. */
2526 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2527 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2528 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2529 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2530 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2533 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2535 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2537 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2538 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2539 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2543 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2546 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2548 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2550 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2551 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2553 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2554 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2555 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2558 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2560 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2564 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2570 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2572 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2574 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2575 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2576 x
+= background_width
;
2578 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2579 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2583 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2585 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2586 if (width
< background_width
)
2589 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2593 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2597 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2598 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2600 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2606 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2607 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2609 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2611 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2612 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2613 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2614 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2619 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2620 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2621 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2622 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2626 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2628 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2629 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2631 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2632 except for header line and mode line. */
2633 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2635 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2638 if (background_width
> 0)
2639 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2642 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2646 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2652 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2657 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2659 int wave_height
= 2, wave_length
= 3;
2660 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2661 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2664 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2670 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2672 wave_clip
= (XRectangle
){ x0
, y0
, width
, wave_height
};
2673 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2675 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2678 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2680 /* Draw the waves */
2682 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2692 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2697 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2699 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2703 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2704 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2708 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2711 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2713 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2715 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2716 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2717 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2718 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2721 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2723 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2724 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2725 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2726 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2728 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2729 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2730 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2731 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2733 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2734 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2738 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2739 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2741 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2742 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2743 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2744 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2745 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2746 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2749 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2750 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2751 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2752 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2755 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2757 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2758 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2759 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2760 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2761 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2762 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2764 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2766 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2769 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2773 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2777 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2778 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2780 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2781 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2784 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2785 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2786 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2787 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2789 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2790 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2793 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2794 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2795 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2797 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2798 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2805 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2807 /* Draw underline. */
2808 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2810 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2812 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2813 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2817 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2818 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2819 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2820 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2823 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2825 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2828 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2830 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2831 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2832 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2836 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2837 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2838 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2841 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2842 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2845 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2846 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2847 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2848 specs, and its default is
2850 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2851 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2853 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2854 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2855 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2857 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2859 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2861 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2863 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2864 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2865 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2866 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2867 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2868 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2869 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2870 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2871 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2872 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2873 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2874 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2878 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2879 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2880 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2881 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2882 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2886 /* Draw overline. */
2887 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2889 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2891 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2892 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2897 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2898 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2899 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2901 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2905 /* Draw strike-through. */
2906 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2908 unsigned long h
= 1;
2909 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2911 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2912 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2917 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2918 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2919 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2921 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2925 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2926 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2927 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2931 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2933 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2934 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2935 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2937 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2938 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2939 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2942 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2943 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2944 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2945 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2947 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2948 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2950 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2956 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2958 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2959 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2960 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2962 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2963 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2964 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2967 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2968 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2969 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2970 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2972 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2973 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2975 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2976 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
2981 /* Reset clipping. */
2982 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2986 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2989 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2991 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2992 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2993 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2997 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
3001 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
3007 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
3008 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
3011 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
3013 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
3014 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
3018 /* Clear an entire frame. */
3021 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
3023 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
3025 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
3026 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
3027 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
3029 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
3030 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
3033 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
3035 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
3036 something like that, then they should be notified. */
3037 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
3039 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3040 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
3041 redisplay, do it here. */
3042 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
3043 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3046 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3053 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3056 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3062 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3063 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3064 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3066 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3067 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3068 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3069 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3071 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3075 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3078 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3079 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3080 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3081 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3082 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3083 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3084 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3085 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3086 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3089 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3090 pixels into background pixels. */
3094 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3095 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3096 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3098 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3099 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3103 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3104 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3105 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3106 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3107 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3108 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3109 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3113 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3114 edge it is next to. */
3115 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3117 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3118 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3121 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3122 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3129 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3131 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3132 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3134 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3136 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3137 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3138 width
, flash_height
);
3139 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3141 (height
- flash_height
3142 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3143 width
, flash_height
);
3147 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3148 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3149 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3150 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3155 EMACS_TIME delay
= make_emacs_time (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3156 EMACS_TIME wakeup
= add_emacs_time (current_emacs_time (), delay
);
3158 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3160 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3162 EMACS_TIME current
= current_emacs_time ();
3165 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3166 if (EMACS_TIME_LE (wakeup
, current
))
3169 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3170 timeout
= make_emacs_time (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3172 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3173 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3177 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3178 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3180 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3182 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3183 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3184 width
, flash_height
);
3185 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3187 (height
- flash_height
3188 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3189 width
, flash_height
);
3192 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3193 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3194 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3195 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3201 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3203 #undef XFillRectangle
3205 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3216 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3221 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3222 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3223 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3226 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3227 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3228 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3233 /* Make audible bell. */
3236 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3238 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3245 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3246 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3253 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3254 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3255 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3256 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3259 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3261 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3266 /***********************************************************************
3268 ***********************************************************************/
3270 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3271 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3274 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3280 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3283 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3285 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3286 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3288 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3289 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3291 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3293 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3294 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
3295 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
3296 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
3297 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
3298 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
3299 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
3300 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
3302 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
3306 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
3307 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
3308 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
3310 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== x
)
3312 x
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
3313 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3315 else if (x
+ width
== bar_area_x
)
3316 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3321 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3322 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3323 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3327 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3328 line at the bottom. */
3329 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3330 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3332 height
= run
->height
;
3336 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3338 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3339 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3341 height
= run
->height
;
3346 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3350 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3351 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3352 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3362 /***********************************************************************
3364 ***********************************************************************/
3368 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3370 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3371 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3372 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3373 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3375 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3376 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3377 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3378 because of this (bug#9310). */
3379 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3380 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3381 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3382 x_uncatch_errors ();
3384 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3385 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3389 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3391 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3392 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3393 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3394 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3396 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3397 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3398 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3399 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3400 x_uncatch_errors ();
3402 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3403 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3406 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3407 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3408 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3409 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3410 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3413 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3415 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3417 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3419 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3420 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3421 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3423 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3424 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3426 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3427 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3429 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3432 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3435 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3436 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3437 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3440 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3442 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3444 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3446 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3447 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3449 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3450 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3451 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3452 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3453 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3455 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3456 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3460 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3463 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3464 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3467 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3469 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3471 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3473 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3474 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3478 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3479 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3481 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3482 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3486 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3487 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3489 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3492 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3494 struct frame
*frame
;
3496 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3500 switch (event
->type
)
3505 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3507 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3509 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3510 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3511 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3512 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3514 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3520 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3521 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3522 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3523 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3527 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3529 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3530 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3531 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3538 #if defined HAVE_MENUS && !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3539 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3542 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3544 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3548 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3549 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3550 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3552 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3553 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3554 the appropriate X display info. */
3557 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3559 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3563 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3565 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3567 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3569 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3570 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3571 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3572 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3573 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3575 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
3576 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3580 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3582 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3585 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3586 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3587 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3593 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3595 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3597 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3599 int min_code
, max_code
;
3602 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3604 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3605 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3606 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3607 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3608 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3610 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3612 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3613 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3615 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3617 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3618 Alt keysyms are on. */
3620 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3621 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3623 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3625 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3626 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3628 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3630 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3634 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3638 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3640 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3646 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3647 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3652 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3653 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3658 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3659 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3660 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3661 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3666 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3667 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3668 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3669 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3673 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3674 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3675 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3676 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3677 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3686 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3687 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3689 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3690 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3693 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3694 make them just meta, not alt. */
3695 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3697 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3701 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3704 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3708 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3710 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3711 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3712 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3713 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3716 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3717 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3718 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3719 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3720 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3721 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3722 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3723 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3725 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3726 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3727 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3728 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3729 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3730 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3734 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3736 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3737 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3738 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3739 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3743 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3744 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3745 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3746 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3747 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3748 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3749 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3750 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3753 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3754 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3755 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3756 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3757 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3758 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3761 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3764 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3769 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3777 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3779 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3781 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3785 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3787 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3789 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3790 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3791 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3792 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3794 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3798 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3799 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3800 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3806 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3807 The input handler calls this.
3809 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3810 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3811 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3812 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3814 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3815 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3818 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3820 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3821 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3822 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3824 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3827 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3829 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3830 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3831 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3832 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3837 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3838 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3839 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3840 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3841 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3842 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3844 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3845 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3846 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3847 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3848 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3849 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3857 /************************************************************************
3859 ************************************************************************/
3862 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3864 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3865 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3866 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3867 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3868 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3873 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3874 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3876 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3877 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3878 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3879 position on the scroll bar.
3881 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3882 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3885 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3886 was at this position.
3888 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3890 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3894 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3895 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3902 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3903 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3909 Window dummy_window
;
3912 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3914 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3915 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3916 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3917 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3918 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3920 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3922 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3923 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3924 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3926 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3929 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3930 a different screen. */
3933 /* The position on that root window. */
3936 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3939 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3941 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3943 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3944 containing the pointer. */
3948 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3952 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3953 structure is changing at the same time this function
3954 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3956 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3958 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3959 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3961 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3962 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3963 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3965 /* From-window, to-window. */
3966 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3968 /* From-position, to-position. */
3969 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3973 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3979 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3981 /* From-window, to-window. */
3984 /* From-position, to-position. */
3985 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3990 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3993 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3994 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3995 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3996 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3997 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
4005 /* Now we know that:
4006 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4007 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4008 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4009 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4010 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4011 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4012 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4013 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4014 never use them in that case.) */
4017 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4018 want the edit window. */
4019 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4021 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4022 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4025 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4026 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4029 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4030 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4032 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4035 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4038 x_uncatch_errors ();
4040 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4043 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4045 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4049 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4055 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4056 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4060 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4061 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4062 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4063 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4064 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4065 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4066 the frame are divided into. */
4068 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4069 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4074 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4075 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4076 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4086 /***********************************************************************
4088 ***********************************************************************/
4090 /* Scroll bar support. */
4092 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4094 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4097 static struct scroll_bar
*
4098 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4102 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4103 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4104 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4106 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4108 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4110 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4111 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4112 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4115 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4118 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4120 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4121 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4122 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4123 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4124 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4127 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4128 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4129 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4130 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4137 #if defined USE_LUCID
4139 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4140 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4143 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4147 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4149 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4151 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4152 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4154 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4162 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4165 /************************************************************************
4167 ************************************************************************/
4169 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4171 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4172 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4173 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4174 struct scroll_bar
*);
4175 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4179 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4180 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4182 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4184 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4186 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4188 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4189 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4192 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4194 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4196 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4198 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4199 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4200 to avoid jerkiness. */
4202 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4204 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4205 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4206 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4207 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4210 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4211 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4214 const char *end_action
;
4217 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4218 end_action
= "Release";
4219 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4220 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4221 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4222 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4225 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4226 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4230 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4231 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4232 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4234 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4236 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4237 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4238 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4240 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4241 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4243 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4244 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4247 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4249 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4250 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4252 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4253 static ptrdiff_t scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4256 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4257 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4258 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4259 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4262 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4265 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4266 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4267 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4272 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4273 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4274 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4275 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4276 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4279 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4280 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4281 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4282 into that array in the event. */
4283 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4284 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4287 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4289 ptrdiff_t old_nbytes
=
4290 scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4292 enum { XClientMessageEvent_MAX
= 0x7fffffff };
4293 scroll_bar_windows
=
4294 xpalloc (scroll_bar_windows
, &scroll_bar_windows_size
, 1,
4295 XClientMessageEvent_MAX
, sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
);
4296 nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4297 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4300 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4301 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4302 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4303 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4304 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4305 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4307 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4308 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4309 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4310 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4313 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4314 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4315 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4316 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4321 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4325 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4327 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4331 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4332 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4334 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4336 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4337 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4340 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4343 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4345 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4346 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4347 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4348 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4349 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4355 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4357 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4360 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4361 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4362 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4365 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4367 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4368 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4369 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4373 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4374 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4375 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4378 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4379 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4380 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4383 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4384 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4385 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4388 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4389 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4390 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4394 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4395 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4398 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4399 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4400 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4407 /* Get the slider size. */
4409 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4412 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4413 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4414 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4415 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4419 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4425 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4426 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4427 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4431 #elif defined USE_GTK
4433 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4434 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4437 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4438 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4442 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4444 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4445 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4446 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4448 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4449 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4454 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4455 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4456 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4457 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4459 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4460 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4461 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4462 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4463 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4466 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4467 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4468 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4470 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4471 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4472 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4474 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4475 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4476 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4478 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4479 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4480 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4486 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4487 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4488 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4494 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4497 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4498 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4501 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4502 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4503 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4505 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4506 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4507 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4514 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4516 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4517 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4518 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4522 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4524 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4525 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4527 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4530 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4532 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4536 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4538 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4539 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4540 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4541 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4542 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4544 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4546 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4548 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4549 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4550 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4551 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4555 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4556 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4557 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4558 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4559 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4560 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4561 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4564 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4566 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4567 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4568 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4572 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4574 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4577 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4578 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4580 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4581 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4582 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4583 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4585 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4587 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4588 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4589 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4590 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4593 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4595 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4597 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4598 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4602 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4604 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4607 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4608 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4613 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4616 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4622 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4623 unsigned long pixel
;
4628 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4629 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4630 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4631 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4632 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4633 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4634 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4635 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4637 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4640 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4644 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4647 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4651 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4652 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4654 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4655 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4657 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4659 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4661 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4663 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4665 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4667 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4670 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4671 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4673 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4674 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4675 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4676 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4678 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4680 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4681 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4682 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4683 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4684 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4685 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4686 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4687 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4689 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4692 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4696 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4699 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4703 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4705 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4706 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4708 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4711 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4712 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4713 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4715 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4718 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4720 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4723 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4724 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4725 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4727 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4731 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4732 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4733 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4734 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4735 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4736 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4737 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4740 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4741 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4745 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4746 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4747 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4749 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4751 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4754 /* Specify the colors. */
4755 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4758 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4761 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4764 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4770 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4771 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4774 char const *initial
= "";
4775 char const *val
= initial
;
4776 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4777 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4778 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4780 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4781 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4782 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4783 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4784 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4785 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4789 /* Define callbacks. */
4790 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4791 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4794 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4795 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4797 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4799 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4800 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4801 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4802 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4804 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4805 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4806 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4807 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4811 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4814 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4815 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4819 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4821 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4824 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4826 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4829 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4830 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4837 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4838 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4839 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4840 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4841 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4842 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4843 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4844 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4845 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4846 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4847 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4848 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4849 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4850 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4857 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4858 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4861 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4865 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4866 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4868 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4869 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4870 size
= max (size
, 1);
4872 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4873 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4874 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4876 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4878 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4884 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4885 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4889 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4891 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4892 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4893 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4897 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4898 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4899 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4902 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4903 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4905 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4906 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4907 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4908 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4910 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4911 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4914 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4915 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4916 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4918 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4922 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4926 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4928 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4932 /************************************************************************
4933 Scroll bars, general
4934 ************************************************************************/
4936 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4937 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4938 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4941 static struct scroll_bar
*
4942 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4944 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4945 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4946 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4951 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4952 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4953 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4955 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4959 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4960 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4961 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4963 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4964 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4966 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4968 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4970 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4971 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4972 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4973 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4974 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4976 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4978 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4979 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4980 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4982 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4984 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4991 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4993 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4995 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4999 bar
->height
= height
;
5002 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5003 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
5005 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
5006 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5008 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5009 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5010 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
5011 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5013 /* Map the window/widget. */
5014 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5017 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5020 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5021 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5023 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5024 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5025 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
5026 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5028 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5029 max (height
, 1), 0);
5030 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5031 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5033 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5034 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5035 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5042 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5044 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5046 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5047 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5048 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5051 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5052 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5053 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5054 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5055 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5058 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5060 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5061 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5062 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5063 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5065 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5067 && start
== bar
->start
5074 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5075 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5076 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5078 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5079 the distance between start and end. */
5081 int length
= end
- start
;
5085 else if (start
> top_range
)
5087 end
= start
+ length
;
5091 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5095 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5099 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5100 if (end
> top_range
)
5103 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5104 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5105 that many pixels tall. */
5106 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5108 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5109 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5111 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5112 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5113 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5114 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5115 inside_width
, start
,
5118 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5119 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5120 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5121 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5123 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5124 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5125 /* x, y, width, height */
5126 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5127 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5128 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5130 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5131 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5132 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5133 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5135 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5136 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5137 if (end
< inside_height
)
5138 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5139 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5140 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5141 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5142 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5150 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5152 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5156 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5158 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5161 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5163 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5164 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5165 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5166 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5168 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5171 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5172 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
5178 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5179 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5180 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5184 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5186 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5188 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5189 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5190 int window_y
, window_height
;
5191 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5192 int fringe_extended_p
;
5195 /* Get window dimensions. */
5196 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5198 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5199 height
= window_height
;
5201 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5202 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5204 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5205 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5206 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5207 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5211 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5212 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5213 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5214 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5216 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5218 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5219 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5224 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5225 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5226 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5227 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5228 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5229 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5231 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5232 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5233 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5234 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5237 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5238 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5240 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5243 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5244 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5245 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5246 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5249 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5250 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5254 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5258 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5259 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5261 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5265 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5267 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5269 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5271 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5274 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5276 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5277 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5279 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5280 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5281 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5283 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5284 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5285 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5287 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5288 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5291 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5294 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5295 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5297 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5298 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5299 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5301 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5302 max (height
, 1), 0);
5303 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5305 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5307 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5308 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5309 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5311 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5312 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5314 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5315 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5316 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5320 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5321 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5322 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5325 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5326 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5327 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5329 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5330 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5331 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5332 rest
, height
, False
);
5334 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5335 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5339 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5344 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5346 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5348 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5352 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5354 /* Remember new settings. */
5355 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5357 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5358 bar
->height
= height
;
5363 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5364 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5366 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5367 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5368 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5370 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5372 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5375 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5378 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5379 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5380 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5383 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5385 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5386 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
5390 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5391 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5392 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5393 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5394 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5395 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5396 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5398 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5399 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5400 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5403 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5405 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5406 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5409 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5410 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
);
5411 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5412 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5413 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5414 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5415 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, bar
);
5420 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5421 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5424 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5426 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5430 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5431 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5434 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5436 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5437 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5438 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5440 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5442 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5443 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5445 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5446 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5447 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
5449 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5450 one or the other! */
5454 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5456 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5457 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5459 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5461 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5462 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5463 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5464 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5467 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5468 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5471 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5473 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5475 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5477 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5478 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5479 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
5481 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5483 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5485 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5488 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5491 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5492 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5496 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5497 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5498 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5500 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5504 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5506 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5507 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5508 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5509 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5513 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5515 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5516 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5517 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5518 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5520 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5521 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5523 /* x, y, width, height */
5525 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5528 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5529 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5530 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5531 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5536 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5538 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5539 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5541 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5546 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5548 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5551 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5552 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5553 emacs_event
->modifiers
5554 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5555 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5556 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5557 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5560 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5561 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5562 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5565 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5566 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5569 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5572 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5573 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5574 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5576 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5578 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5579 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5580 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5581 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5583 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5584 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5586 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5587 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5591 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5592 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5596 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5598 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5600 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5604 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5606 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5608 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5611 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5613 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5614 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5616 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5617 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5619 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5621 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5623 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5628 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5630 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5631 on the scroll bar. */
5634 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5635 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5636 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5638 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5639 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5640 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5642 Window dummy_window
;
5644 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5648 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5650 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5652 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5653 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5654 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5656 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5659 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5665 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5667 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5669 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5670 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5674 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5678 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5680 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5681 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5682 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5683 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5684 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5685 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5687 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5689 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5690 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5693 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5696 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5702 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5703 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5704 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5708 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5710 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5713 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5714 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5715 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5716 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5717 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5718 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5719 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5720 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5722 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5726 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5728 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5729 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5730 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5731 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5733 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5734 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5736 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5738 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5739 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5741 static int temp_index
;
5742 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5744 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5745 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5747 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5749 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5750 on a particular display. */
5752 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5754 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5755 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5756 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5757 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5759 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5761 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_GTK
5762 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5765 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5766 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = \
5767 xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5768 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5769 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5770 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5782 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5783 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5784 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5786 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5788 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5792 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5794 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5795 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5796 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5799 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5800 event
->xclient
.window
);
5802 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5807 static int current_count
;
5808 static int current_finish
;
5809 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5811 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5812 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5813 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5814 static GdkFilterReturn
5815 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5817 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5820 if (current_count
>= 0)
5822 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5824 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5827 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5828 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5829 so we do it here. */
5830 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5832 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5835 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5840 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5843 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5847 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5851 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5852 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5854 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5856 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5859 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5860 enum xembed_message
,
5861 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5863 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5865 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5866 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5867 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5869 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5872 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventptr
,
5873 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5876 struct input_event ie
;
5877 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5881 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5882 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5883 struct coding_system coding
;
5884 XEvent event
= *eventptr
;
5885 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5888 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5890 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5891 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5894 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5895 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5901 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5902 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5903 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5905 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5906 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5908 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5909 could be the shell widget window
5910 if the frame has no title bar. */
5911 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5913 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5914 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5915 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5917 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5918 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5919 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5920 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5921 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5924 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5925 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5926 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5927 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5930 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5931 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5932 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5935 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5936 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5937 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5939 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5940 /* The ICCCM says this is
5941 the only valid choice. */
5943 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5944 /* This is needed to detect the error
5945 if there is an error. */
5947 x_uncatch_errors ();
5949 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5954 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5955 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5957 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5958 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5959 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5960 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5961 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5962 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5963 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5964 session manager and one for this. */
5966 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5969 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5970 event
.xclient
.window
);
5971 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5972 for a single Emacs process. */
5973 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5974 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5975 event
.xclient
.window
,
5976 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5978 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5979 event
.xclient
.window
,
5985 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5986 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5988 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5989 event
.xclient
.window
);
5991 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5993 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5994 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6001 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6002 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
6007 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6008 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
6011 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6013 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
6014 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
6018 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
6025 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6026 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
6028 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6030 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
6034 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6036 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
6037 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
6038 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
6039 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
6041 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6042 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6043 currently never do because we are interested in
6044 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6045 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6046 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6049 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6050 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6054 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6055 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6056 we construct an input_event. */
6057 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6058 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6060 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6061 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6064 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6066 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6067 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6068 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6070 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6071 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6072 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6074 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6078 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6080 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6083 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6084 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6088 case SelectionNotify
:
6089 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6090 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6091 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6093 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6094 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6097 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6098 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6099 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6100 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6102 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6104 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionclear
);
6106 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6107 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6108 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6109 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6110 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6114 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6115 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6116 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6117 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6119 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6121 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionrequest
);
6123 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6124 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6125 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6126 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6127 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6128 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6129 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6130 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6134 case PropertyNotify
:
6135 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6136 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6137 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6138 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
) && f
->iconified
6139 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6141 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed. It hides
6142 the frame. So if our state says we aren't hidden anymore,
6143 treat it as deiconified. */
6144 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6145 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6146 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6147 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6148 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6149 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6150 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6151 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6154 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6155 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6158 case ReparentNotify
:
6159 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6163 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6164 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6168 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6169 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6170 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6172 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6177 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6181 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6182 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6183 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6184 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6185 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6188 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6190 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6191 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6192 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6193 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6197 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6198 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6202 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6203 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6205 #if defined USE_LUCID
6206 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6207 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6208 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6211 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6213 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6215 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6217 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6218 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6220 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6221 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6222 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6225 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6226 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6229 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6230 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6234 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6235 source area was obscured or not
6237 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6241 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6242 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6243 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6245 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6248 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6251 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6252 source area was completely
6257 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6258 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6261 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6264 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6265 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6266 the frame was deleted. */
6268 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6269 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6270 display that won't ever be seen. */
6271 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6272 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6273 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6274 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6275 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6276 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6277 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6278 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6280 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6282 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6283 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6289 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6290 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6291 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6294 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6295 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6296 frame is visible. */
6297 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6300 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6301 the frame's display structures.
6302 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6303 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6304 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6305 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6306 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6307 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6309 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6310 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6311 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6312 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6314 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6315 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6316 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6320 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6321 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6323 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6324 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6325 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6326 to update the frame titles
6327 in case this is the second frame. */
6328 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6331 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6338 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6339 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6341 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6342 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6343 if (popup_activated ())
6347 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6349 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6350 mouse highlighting. */
6351 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6353 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6355 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6356 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6359 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6362 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6363 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6364 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6366 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6368 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6369 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6372 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6376 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6377 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6378 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6381 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6382 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6383 status_return even if the input is too long to
6384 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6385 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6386 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6387 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6388 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6389 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6390 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6392 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6396 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6397 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6398 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6400 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6404 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6405 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6406 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6408 /* This will have to go some day... */
6410 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6411 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6412 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6413 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6414 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6415 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6416 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6418 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6419 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6420 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6421 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6422 not it is combined with Meta. */
6423 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6424 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6429 Status status_return
;
6431 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6432 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6433 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6434 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6436 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6438 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6439 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6440 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6441 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6442 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6445 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6446 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6448 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6453 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6454 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6458 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6459 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6462 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6463 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6467 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6468 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6469 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6472 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6473 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6475 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6476 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6478 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6479 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6481 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6482 translations to characters. */
6483 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6484 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6486 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6487 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6491 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6492 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6494 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6495 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6497 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6498 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6502 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6503 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6504 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6509 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6510 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6511 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6512 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6516 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6517 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6518 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6519 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6520 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6521 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6523 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6524 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6526 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6527 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6528 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6529 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6530 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6532 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6533 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6535 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6536 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6538 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6539 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6541 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6542 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6544 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6545 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6547 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6548 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6550 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6551 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6553 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6554 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6556 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6557 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6559 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6560 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6562 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6563 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6565 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6566 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6568 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6569 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6571 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6572 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6573 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6574 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6575 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6576 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6577 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6578 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6579 don't have real modifiers but
6580 should be treated similarly to
6581 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6582 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6583 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6584 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6588 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6589 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6591 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6592 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6596 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6600 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6602 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6604 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6607 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6609 /* Decode the input data. */
6611 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6612 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6613 we used just above and the locale. */
6614 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6615 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6616 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6617 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6618 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6619 gives us composition information. */
6620 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6622 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6624 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6625 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6626 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6627 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6628 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6629 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6632 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6633 character events. */
6634 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6637 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6638 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6640 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6641 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6642 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6643 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6645 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6650 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6652 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6658 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6659 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6667 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6669 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6670 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6678 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6679 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6681 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6683 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6684 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6686 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6687 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6688 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6689 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6691 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6692 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6693 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6694 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6699 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6703 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6704 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6706 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6709 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6711 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6712 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6713 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6714 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6717 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6718 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6719 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6720 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6721 if (any_help_event_p
)
6725 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6726 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6727 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6732 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6737 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6738 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6739 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6741 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6742 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6743 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6745 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6747 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6749 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6750 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6754 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6760 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6761 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6762 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6766 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6767 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6770 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6771 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6772 will be selected only when it is active. */
6773 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6774 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6775 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6776 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6777 create event iff we don't leave the
6779 && (focus_follows_mouse
6780 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6781 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6783 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6784 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6789 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6790 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6794 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6795 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6796 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6797 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6800 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6801 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6803 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6804 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6805 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6808 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6809 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6810 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6811 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6816 case ConfigureNotify
:
6817 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6820 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6821 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6823 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6824 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6830 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6832 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6833 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6835 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6836 is called by the code that handles resizing
6837 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6839 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6840 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6841 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6842 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6843 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6844 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6845 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6847 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6848 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6849 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6852 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6853 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6854 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6858 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6859 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6860 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6861 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6864 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6868 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6869 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6878 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6879 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6882 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6883 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6884 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6886 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6888 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6889 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6891 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6894 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6899 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6900 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6901 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6904 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6905 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6907 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6908 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6910 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6912 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6913 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6914 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6915 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6920 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6921 if (! popup_activated ())
6924 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6926 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6927 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6929 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6930 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6932 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6933 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6936 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6938 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6939 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6940 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6944 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6945 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6946 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6948 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6949 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6951 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6953 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6954 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6956 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6958 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6959 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6962 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6964 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6965 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6968 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6971 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6973 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6974 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6975 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6979 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6980 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6981 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6982 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6983 Instead, save it away
6984 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6985 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6986 if (! popup_activated ()
6988 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6989 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6991 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6992 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6993 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6994 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6995 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6996 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6997 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6998 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
7000 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
7001 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
7002 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7004 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
7006 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
7011 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
7015 case CirculateNotify
:
7018 case CirculateRequest
:
7021 case VisibilityNotify
:
7025 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
7027 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
7029 case MappingModifier
:
7030 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7031 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7032 case MappingKeyboard
:
7033 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7038 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
7043 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7045 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7046 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7048 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7053 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7055 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7060 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7065 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7071 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7072 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7073 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7077 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7078 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7088 #if defined USE_GTK || defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
7090 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7091 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7092 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7094 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7096 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
7098 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7099 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7101 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7104 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7111 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7112 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler only if SYNC_INPUT is
7114 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7116 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7117 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7118 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7121 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7124 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, int expected
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7127 int event_found
= 0;
7129 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7131 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7133 pending_signals
= 1;
7138 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7140 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7144 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7145 input_signal_count
++;
7151 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7152 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7154 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7155 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7159 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7164 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7167 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7168 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7173 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7174 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7176 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7184 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7185 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7186 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7187 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7189 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7190 from all displays. */
7192 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7194 current_count
= count
;
7195 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7197 gtk_main_iteration ();
7199 count
= current_count
;
7201 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7203 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7206 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7208 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7209 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7212 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7213 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7214 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7216 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7220 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7221 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7223 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7225 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7226 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7230 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7232 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7233 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7235 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7236 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7250 /***********************************************************************
7252 ***********************************************************************/
7254 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7255 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7257 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7258 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7259 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7262 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7264 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7265 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7266 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7268 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7270 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7271 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7272 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7273 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7274 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7276 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7280 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7283 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7285 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7286 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7287 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7290 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7293 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7294 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7295 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7296 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7299 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7300 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7301 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7303 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7304 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7305 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7306 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7307 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7309 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7310 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7311 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7313 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7314 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7315 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7316 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7320 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7322 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7323 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7324 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7328 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7330 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7331 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7333 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7334 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7336 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7337 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7340 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7341 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7342 the bar might not be in the window. */
7343 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7345 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7346 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7347 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7351 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7352 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7353 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7354 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7355 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7358 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7359 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7360 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7361 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7362 that the glyph is legible. */
7363 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7364 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7366 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7367 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7370 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7373 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7374 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7377 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7379 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7381 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7384 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7385 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7387 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7389 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7390 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7391 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7392 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7394 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7395 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7396 width
, row
->height
);
7400 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7403 width
= row
->height
;
7405 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7407 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7408 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7410 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7411 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7412 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7413 row
->height
- width
),
7414 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7417 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7422 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7425 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7427 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7428 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7429 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7430 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7434 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7437 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7439 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7440 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7442 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7443 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7444 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7449 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7452 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7454 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7458 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7459 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7461 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7462 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7463 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7464 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7466 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7467 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7471 switch (cursor_type
)
7473 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7474 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7477 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7478 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7482 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7486 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7490 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7499 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7500 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7501 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7506 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7513 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7516 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7518 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7520 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7523 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7524 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7525 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7526 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7531 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7532 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7533 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7535 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7536 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7537 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7541 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7542 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7548 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7549 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7552 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7554 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7556 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7560 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7563 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7564 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7568 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7569 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7573 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7574 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7575 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7576 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7577 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7579 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7582 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7583 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7589 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7590 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7593 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7595 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7600 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7601 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7603 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7604 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7607 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7608 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7609 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7610 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7615 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7617 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7618 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7620 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7621 be called from a signal handler.
7624 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7625 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7627 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7629 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7631 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7632 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7633 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7636 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7638 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7639 x_error_message
->string
,
7640 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7643 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7644 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7647 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7648 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7649 stored in *x_error_message.
7651 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7652 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7654 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7657 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7659 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
7661 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7665 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7666 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7667 x_error_message
= data
;
7670 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7671 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7674 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7676 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7680 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7681 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7682 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7683 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7685 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7686 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7691 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7692 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7693 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7696 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7698 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7701 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7703 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7704 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7705 x_uncatch_errors ();
7706 error (format
, string
);
7710 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7711 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7714 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7716 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7719 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7722 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7725 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7727 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7730 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7731 * idea. --lorentey */
7732 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7735 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7737 while (x_error_message
)
7738 x_uncatch_errors ();
7743 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7746 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7751 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7752 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7753 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7754 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7755 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7758 x_connection_signal (int signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7759 /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7762 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7763 must reestablish each time */
7764 struct sigaction action
;
7765 emacs_sigaction_init (&action
, x_connection_signal
);
7766 sigaction (signalnum
, &action
, 0);
7771 /************************************************************************
7773 ************************************************************************/
7775 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7777 static char *error_msg
;
7779 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7780 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7783 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7785 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7786 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7787 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7789 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7790 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7791 handling_signal
= 0;
7793 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7794 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7798 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7800 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7801 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7804 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7805 that are on the dead display. */
7806 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7808 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7810 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7811 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7812 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7813 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7814 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7815 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7818 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7819 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7820 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7821 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7822 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7823 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7825 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7826 trying to find a replacement. */
7827 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
7828 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7831 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7832 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7835 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7836 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7837 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7839 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7840 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7841 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7842 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7843 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
7844 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7845 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7846 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7847 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7850 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7852 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7853 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7855 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7856 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7857 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7858 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7863 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7864 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7868 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7870 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7871 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7875 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7878 sigemptyset (&unblocked
);
7880 sigaddset (&unblocked
, SIGIO
);
7882 sigaddset (&unblocked
, SIGALRM
);
7883 pthread_sigmask (SIG_UNBLOCK
, &unblocked
, 0);
7885 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7887 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7888 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7890 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7891 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7893 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7894 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7895 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7896 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7899 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7900 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7901 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7903 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7904 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7907 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7910 if (event
->error_code
== BadMatch
7911 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
7912 && event
->minor_code
== 0)
7918 if (x_error_message
)
7919 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7921 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7925 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7926 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7927 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7929 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7931 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7932 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7934 static void NO_INLINE
7935 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7937 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7939 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7940 or colors that are not defined. */
7942 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7945 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7946 original error handler. */
7948 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7949 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7950 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7951 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7955 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7956 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7957 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7960 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7964 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7965 DisplayString (display
));
7966 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7970 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7972 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7973 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7974 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7978 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7980 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7983 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7984 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7985 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7986 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7990 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7991 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7992 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7993 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
7994 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7996 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7998 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7999 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8001 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8002 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8003 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
8007 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8008 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8011 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8013 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8014 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8015 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8016 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8017 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8022 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8025 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8034 /***********************************************************************
8036 ***********************************************************************/
8042 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8043 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8044 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8047 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8049 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8050 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8054 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8055 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8057 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8058 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8060 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8061 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8065 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8066 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8067 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8071 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8074 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8075 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
8078 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8079 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8082 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8090 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8091 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8098 XIMCallback destroy
;
8101 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8102 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8105 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8106 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8107 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8113 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8114 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8118 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8120 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8121 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8122 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8123 when the callback was registered. */
8126 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8128 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8129 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8131 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8135 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8137 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8138 as they have no XIC. */
8139 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8141 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8144 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8146 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8149 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8150 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8152 create_frame_xic (f
);
8153 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8154 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8155 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8157 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8158 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8167 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8170 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8171 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8172 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8173 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8176 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8178 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8182 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8183 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
8186 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8187 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8188 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8189 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8190 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8191 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8192 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8193 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8194 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8195 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8196 least, hence the configure test. */
8197 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8198 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8199 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8200 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8202 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8206 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8209 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8214 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8215 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8216 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8218 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8219 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8220 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8221 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8222 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8223 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8224 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8225 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8227 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8230 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8234 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8235 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8238 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8240 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8242 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8243 is already for the top-left corner. */
8244 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8247 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8248 position that fits on the screen. */
8249 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8250 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8251 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8254 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8256 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8257 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8258 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8260 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8261 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8262 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8263 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8266 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8267 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8269 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8272 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8273 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8274 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8277 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8278 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8279 so the flags should correspond. */
8280 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8283 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8284 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8285 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8286 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8287 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8290 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8292 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8294 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8296 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8297 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8301 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8303 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8305 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8306 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8308 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8311 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8313 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8314 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8316 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8318 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8319 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8320 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8321 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8322 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8325 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8326 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8328 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8329 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8332 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8333 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8334 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8335 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8338 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8339 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8340 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8342 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8343 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8344 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8345 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8346 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8347 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8352 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8353 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8354 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8355 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8356 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8359 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8362 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8363 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8364 Window wmcheck_window
;
8365 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8366 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8367 long max_len
= 65536;
8368 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8369 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8370 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8374 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8375 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8376 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8377 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8378 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8379 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8381 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8383 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8384 x_uncatch_errors ();
8389 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8392 /* Check if window exists. */
8393 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8395 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8397 x_uncatch_errors ();
8402 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8404 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8405 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8406 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8407 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8408 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8409 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8411 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8413 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8414 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8415 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8416 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8417 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8419 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8421 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8422 x_uncatch_errors ();
8427 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8428 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8429 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8434 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8435 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8437 x_uncatch_errors ();
8444 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8446 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8448 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8449 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8451 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8453 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8455 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8457 ? Fcons (make_fixnum_or_float (value
), Qnil
)
8462 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8465 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8467 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8469 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8470 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8473 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8474 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8475 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8477 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8480 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8486 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8487 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8488 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8489 long max_len
= 65536;
8490 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8491 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8492 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8495 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8498 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8499 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8500 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8501 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8502 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8504 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8506 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8507 x_uncatch_errors ();
8509 return ! f
->iconified
;
8512 x_uncatch_errors ();
8514 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8516 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8517 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8520 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8522 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8524 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8525 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8527 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8529 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8531 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8532 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8534 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8536 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8537 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8538 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8542 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8547 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8550 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8552 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8553 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8556 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8558 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8559 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8561 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8563 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8567 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8569 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8570 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8571 are sent at once. */
8572 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8574 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8575 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8576 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8577 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8578 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8579 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8581 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8582 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8583 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8584 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8585 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8586 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8587 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8589 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8590 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8591 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8592 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8593 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8594 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8595 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8597 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8598 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8599 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8600 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8601 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8603 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8604 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8605 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8607 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8608 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8611 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8615 return have_net_atom
;
8619 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8621 if (f
->async_visible
)
8624 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8632 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8634 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8637 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8642 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8645 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8648 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8651 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8656 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8657 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8662 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8663 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8665 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8667 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8670 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8671 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8673 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8674 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8675 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8677 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8679 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8680 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8682 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8684 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8685 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8686 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8687 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8688 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8690 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8691 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8693 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8694 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8697 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8702 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8703 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8704 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8705 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8706 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8707 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8708 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8711 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8713 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8715 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8716 window manager window around the frame. */
8718 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8720 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8722 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8727 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8728 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8729 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8731 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8733 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8734 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8736 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8737 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8739 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8742 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8743 frame's position. */
8745 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8749 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8750 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8751 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8752 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8753 of an exact comparison. */
8756 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8760 while (count
++ < 50)
8762 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8764 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8765 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8768 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8769 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8773 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8776 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8777 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8780 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8784 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8785 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8787 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8791 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8793 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8795 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8798 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8799 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8801 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8802 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8804 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8805 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8806 tmo
= make_emacs_time (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
8807 tmo_at
= add_emacs_time (current_emacs_time (), tmo
);
8809 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8811 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8812 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8813 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8815 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8820 time_now
= current_emacs_time ();
8821 if (EMACS_TIME_LT (tmo_at
, time_now
))
8824 tmo
= sub_emacs_time (tmo_at
, time_now
);
8825 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
8826 break; /* Timeout */
8828 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8829 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8833 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8834 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8835 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8836 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8839 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8841 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8843 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8844 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8845 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8847 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8849 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8851 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8852 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8853 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8854 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8856 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8857 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8858 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8859 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8862 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8863 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8864 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8865 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8866 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8868 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8869 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8870 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8871 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8873 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8874 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8875 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8876 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8877 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8879 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8882 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8883 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8884 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8885 if (f
->async_visible
)
8886 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8889 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8890 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8891 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8897 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8898 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8899 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8900 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8903 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8907 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8911 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8912 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8913 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8914 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8915 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8916 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8917 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8918 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8919 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8920 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8922 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8924 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8925 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8926 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8927 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8928 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8929 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8930 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8934 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8935 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8937 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8938 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8940 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8942 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8944 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8945 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8947 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8948 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8949 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8950 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8951 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8956 /* Mouse warping. */
8959 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8963 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8964 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8966 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8967 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8969 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8970 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8974 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8975 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8979 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8982 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8986 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8987 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8991 /* Raise frame F. */
8994 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8997 if (f
->async_visible
)
8998 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9000 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9004 /* Lower frame F. */
9007 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9009 if (f
->async_visible
)
9012 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9013 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9018 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
9021 xembed_request_focus (FRAME_PTR f
)
9023 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
9024 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
9025 if (f
->async_visible
)
9026 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
9027 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
9030 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
9033 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
9035 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
9036 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
9038 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9039 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
9042 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9043 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
9044 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
9046 Fcons (make_number (1),
9047 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
9053 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
9061 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9063 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
9065 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9067 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
9070 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
9072 unsigned long data
[2];
9073 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9075 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9078 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9079 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
9080 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9082 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
9085 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
9086 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
9090 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9091 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9092 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9093 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9094 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
9095 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
9096 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9097 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9098 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9100 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9101 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9102 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9105 /* Change of visibility. */
9107 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9108 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9109 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9110 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9111 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9112 finishes with it. */
9115 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9118 int original_top
, original_left
;
9119 int retry_count
= 2;
9125 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9127 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9129 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9131 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9132 call x_set_offset a second time
9133 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9134 before the window gets really visible. */
9135 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9136 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9137 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9138 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9140 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9142 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9143 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9144 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9145 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9146 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9149 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9150 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9152 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9154 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9155 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9157 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9158 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9160 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9161 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9162 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9165 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9167 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9168 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9169 so that incoming events are handled. */
9173 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9174 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9175 will set it when they are handled. */
9176 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9178 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9179 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9181 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9184 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9186 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9187 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9188 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9189 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9191 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9192 because the window manager may choose the position
9193 and we don't want to override it. */
9195 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9196 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9197 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9198 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9199 && previously_visible
)
9203 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9207 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9208 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9209 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9210 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9211 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9212 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9213 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9214 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9215 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9217 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9218 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9219 original_left
, original_top
);
9224 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9226 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9227 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9228 MapNotify at all.. */
9229 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9230 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9232 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9235 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9236 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9237 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9238 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9239 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9241 if (input_polling_used ())
9243 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9244 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9245 handler reset it. */
9246 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9247 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9248 poll_for_input_1 ();
9249 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9252 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9253 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9258 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9262 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9263 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9264 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9265 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9267 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
!= 0)
9272 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9274 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9277 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9281 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9282 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9284 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9285 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9286 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9290 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9291 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9292 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9293 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9294 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9295 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9298 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9299 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9302 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9303 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9308 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9309 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9311 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9312 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9316 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9317 just by the event that we get from the server.
9318 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9319 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9320 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9322 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9323 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9324 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9331 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9334 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9336 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9341 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9342 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9343 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9345 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9350 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9352 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9354 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9356 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9357 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9359 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9360 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9362 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9365 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9366 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9372 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9374 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9376 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9377 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9378 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9379 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9380 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9381 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9382 so we have to record it here. */
9385 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9386 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9391 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9392 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9393 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9397 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9399 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9400 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9404 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9406 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9408 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9409 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9410 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9411 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9412 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9413 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9415 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9416 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9418 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9419 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9423 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9424 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9425 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9426 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9427 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9429 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9430 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9432 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9435 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9436 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9440 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9442 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9444 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9446 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9447 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9450 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9451 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9453 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9455 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9459 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9462 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9464 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9465 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9466 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9468 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9473 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9474 commands to the X server. */
9475 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9477 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9478 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9480 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9481 free_frame_faces (f
);
9483 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9484 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9486 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9487 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9488 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9489 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9490 toolkit scroll bars. */
9491 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9493 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9494 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9503 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9504 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9506 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9507 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9509 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9510 we are using a toolkit. */
9511 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9512 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9514 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9515 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9518 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9519 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9521 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9522 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9523 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9525 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9526 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9527 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9528 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9529 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9530 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9532 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9533 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9534 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9535 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9536 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9537 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9538 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9539 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9540 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9541 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9542 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9543 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9544 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9545 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9546 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9549 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9552 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9553 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9554 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9556 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9557 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9558 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9559 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9560 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9561 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9563 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9565 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9566 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9567 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9568 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9569 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9570 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9571 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9578 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9581 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9583 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9585 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9586 commands to the X server. */
9587 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9588 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9590 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9594 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9596 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9597 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9598 that the window now has.
9599 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9600 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9601 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9605 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, int user_position
)
9607 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9608 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9610 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9611 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9613 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9618 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9619 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9621 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9622 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9624 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9625 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9627 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9628 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9629 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9630 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9631 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9632 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9634 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9636 int base_width
, base_height
;
9637 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9639 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9640 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9642 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9644 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9645 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9646 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9647 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9648 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9650 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9651 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9652 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9654 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9655 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9656 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9657 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9658 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9661 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9664 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9669 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9670 long supplied_return
;
9673 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9677 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9682 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9683 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9684 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9685 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9686 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9687 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9688 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9689 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9696 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9697 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9701 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9702 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9704 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9706 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9708 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9710 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9713 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9715 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9718 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9719 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9720 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9721 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9723 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9724 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9726 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9727 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9731 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9733 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9735 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9736 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9741 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9742 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9743 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9744 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9748 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9756 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9760 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9764 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9765 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9766 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9767 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9770 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9772 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9773 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9775 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9779 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9781 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9783 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9784 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9785 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9787 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9791 /***********************************************************************
9793 ***********************************************************************/
9797 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9801 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9803 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9804 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9805 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9808 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9811 /***********************************************************************
9813 ***********************************************************************/
9815 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9816 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9817 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9818 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9820 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9821 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9822 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9824 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9825 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9826 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9827 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9828 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9829 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9830 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9833 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9835 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9837 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9839 static int x_initialized
;
9841 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9842 the screen number from the server number. */
9844 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9847 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9848 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9849 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9851 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9852 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9853 length_until_period
++;
9855 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9856 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9858 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9860 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9861 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9862 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9863 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9864 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9865 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9866 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9867 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9868 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9869 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9870 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9871 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9872 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9873 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9875 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9879 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9883 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9884 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9887 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9888 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9891 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9912 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9913 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9916 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9921 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9923 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9931 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9932 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9934 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9935 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9939 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9940 the structure that describes the open display.
9941 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9943 struct x_display_info
*
9944 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9948 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9949 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9951 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
9962 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9963 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9969 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9970 char **argv2
= argv
;
9973 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9975 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9979 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9980 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9982 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9986 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9988 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9990 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9991 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9994 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9995 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9997 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9999 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
10000 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
10002 static char fix_events
[] = "GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1";
10003 putenv (fix_events
);
10006 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
10007 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
10008 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
10009 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
10011 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
10012 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
10013 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10015 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10016 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
10018 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10022 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
10024 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION <= 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION <= 90
10025 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10027 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10028 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10030 s
= build_string (file
);
10031 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10033 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10034 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
10038 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10039 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10042 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10043 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10044 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10046 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10047 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10048 So let's not use it until R6. */
10049 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10050 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10061 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10062 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10064 turn_on_atimers (0);
10065 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
10066 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10067 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10069 turn_on_atimers (1);
10071 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10072 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10077 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10078 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10079 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
10080 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10081 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10083 /* Detect failure. */
10090 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10092 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10093 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
10095 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10098 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10101 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10102 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10103 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10104 SSDATA (display_name
)))
10107 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10110 terminal
->kboard
= xmalloc (sizeof *terminal
->kboard
);
10111 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10112 kset_window_system (terminal
->kboard
, Qx
);
10114 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10115 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10116 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10117 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10118 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10120 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10122 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10124 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10125 list of terminals. */
10126 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10127 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10128 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10129 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10131 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10132 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10134 kset_system_key_alist
10136 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10137 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
10139 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10140 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10144 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10145 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10146 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10147 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10148 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10150 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10153 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10154 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10155 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10157 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10158 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10159 x_display_name_list
);
10160 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10162 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10164 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10165 terminal
->name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10166 memcpy (terminal
->name
, SSDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10167 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10170 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10173 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
10174 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
10175 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
10176 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10177 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
) + 2);
10178 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
10179 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10181 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10182 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10184 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10186 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10187 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10188 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10190 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10191 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10193 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10194 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10195 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10196 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10198 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10200 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10202 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10204 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10205 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10206 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10207 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10208 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10209 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10210 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10211 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10212 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10213 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10214 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10215 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10216 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10217 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10218 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10219 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10220 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10221 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10222 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10223 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10224 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10225 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10226 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10227 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10228 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10229 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10230 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10231 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10233 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10234 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10235 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10237 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10239 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10240 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10241 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10242 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10243 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10244 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10247 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10248 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10250 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10253 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10254 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10255 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10257 if (STRINGP (value
)
10258 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10259 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10260 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10264 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10265 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10269 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10270 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10271 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10272 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10273 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10275 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10277 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10278 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10282 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10284 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10285 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10286 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10287 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10288 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10289 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10290 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10291 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10292 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10301 { "WM_PROTOCOLS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
},
10302 { "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
},
10303 { "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
},
10304 { "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
},
10305 { "WM_CHANGE_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
},
10306 { "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
},
10307 { "WM_MOVED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
},
10308 { "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
},
10309 { "Editres", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
},
10310 { "CLIPBOARD", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
},
10311 { "TIMESTAMP", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
},
10312 { "TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
},
10313 { "COMPOUND_TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
},
10314 { "UTF8_STRING", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
},
10315 { "DELETE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
},
10316 { "MULTIPLE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
},
10317 { "INCR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
},
10318 { "_EMACS_TMP_", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
},
10319 { "TARGETS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
},
10320 { "NULL", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
},
10321 { "ATOM", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM
},
10322 { "ATOM_PAIR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
},
10323 { "CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
},
10324 { "_XEMBED_INFO", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
},
10325 /* For properties of font. */
10326 { "PIXEL_SIZE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
},
10327 { "AVERAGE_WIDTH", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
},
10328 { "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
},
10329 { "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
},
10330 { "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
},
10331 /* Ghostscript support. */
10332 { "DONE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
},
10333 { "PAGE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
},
10334 { "SCROLLBAR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
},
10335 { "_XEMBED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
},
10337 { "_NET_WM_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
},
10338 { "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
},
10339 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10340 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
},
10341 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10342 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
},
10343 { "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
},
10344 { "_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
},
10345 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
},
10346 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10347 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
},
10348 { "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
},
10349 { "_NET_WM_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
},
10350 { "_NET_SUPPORTED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
},
10351 { "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
},
10352 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
},
10353 { "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
},
10354 { "_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_frame_extents
},
10355 /* Session management */
10356 { "SM_CLIENT_ID", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
},
10357 { "_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_prop
},
10358 { "MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_mgr
},
10362 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10363 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10364 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10365 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atoms_return
);
10366 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atom_names
);
10367 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
10368 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
10369 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
10371 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10372 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10374 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10375 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
10376 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10377 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10379 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10380 False
, atoms_return
);
10382 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10383 *atom_refs
[i
].atom
= atoms_return
[i
];
10385 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10386 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10388 xfree (atom_names
);
10389 xfree (atoms_return
);
10392 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10393 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10394 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
10395 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10397 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10398 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10399 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10401 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10402 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10404 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10405 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10409 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10412 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10414 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10415 if (connection
!= 0)
10416 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10419 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10420 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10422 if (interrupt_input
)
10423 init_sigio (connection
);
10427 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10430 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10431 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10432 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10433 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10434 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10435 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10436 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10437 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10438 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10440 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10441 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10442 x_uncatch_errors ();
10446 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10447 for debugging X code. */
10450 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10451 build_string ("synchronous"),
10452 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10454 if (STRINGP (value
)
10455 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10456 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10457 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10462 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10463 build_string ("useXIM"),
10464 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10467 if (STRINGP (value
)
10468 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10469 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10472 if (STRINGP (value
)
10473 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10474 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10480 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10481 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10483 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10484 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10492 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10493 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10496 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10498 struct terminal
*t
;
10500 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10502 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10503 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10506 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10507 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10508 x_session_close ();
10510 delete_terminal (t
);
10514 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10516 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10517 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10518 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10519 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10520 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10525 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10526 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10528 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10530 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10533 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10537 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10538 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10540 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10541 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10544 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10546 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10547 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10548 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10551 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10552 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10553 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10557 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10559 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10560 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10561 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10562 that slows us down. */
10565 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10568 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10569 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10571 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10572 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10573 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10574 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10579 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10580 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10581 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10582 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10583 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10584 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10585 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10588 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10591 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10593 EMACS_TIME interval
= make_emacs_time (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10594 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10595 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10600 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10603 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10605 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10607 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10611 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10613 x_after_update_window_line
,
10614 x_update_window_begin
,
10615 x_update_window_end
,
10621 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10623 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10624 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10625 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10626 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10627 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10628 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10629 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10630 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10631 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10632 x_clear_frame_area
,
10633 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10634 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10635 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10639 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10641 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10643 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10645 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10646 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10647 if (!terminal
->name
)
10652 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10655 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10658 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10659 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10660 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10662 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10663 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10665 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10666 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10667 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10668 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10670 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10671 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10672 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10673 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10674 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10675 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10676 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10677 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10678 leaks in other situations. */
10680 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10681 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10683 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10685 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10686 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10687 closing all the displays. */
10688 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10692 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10694 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10695 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10697 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10699 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10702 /* Mark as dead. */
10703 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10704 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10708 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10709 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10711 static struct terminal
*
10712 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10714 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10716 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10718 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10719 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10720 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10722 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10724 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10725 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10726 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10727 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10728 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10729 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10730 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10731 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10732 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10733 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10734 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10735 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10736 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10737 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10738 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10739 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10740 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10741 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10742 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10743 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10745 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10746 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10748 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10749 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10750 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10751 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10752 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10753 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10760 x_initialize (void)
10762 struct sigaction action
;
10767 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10768 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10769 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10772 current_count
= -1;
10775 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10776 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10778 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10779 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10781 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10783 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10784 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10785 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10786 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10787 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10788 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10789 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10791 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10794 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10796 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10797 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10801 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10802 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10803 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10805 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10806 original error handler. */
10807 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10808 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10810 emacs_sigaction_init (&action
, x_connection_signal
);
10811 sigaction (SIGPIPE
, &action
, 0);
10816 syms_of_xterm (void)
10818 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10820 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10821 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10823 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10824 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10826 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10827 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10829 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10830 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10833 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10834 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10836 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10839 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10840 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10841 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10842 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10843 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10844 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10845 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10847 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10849 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10850 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10851 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10852 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10853 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10854 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10855 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10857 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10858 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10859 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10860 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10861 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10862 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10863 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10864 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10865 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10867 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10868 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10869 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10870 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10871 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10872 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10873 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10875 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10876 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10877 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10879 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10881 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10884 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10887 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10888 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10890 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10891 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10892 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10893 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10894 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10895 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10896 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10897 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10898 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10900 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10901 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10902 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10903 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10904 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10905 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10907 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10908 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10909 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10910 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10911 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10912 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10914 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10915 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10916 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10917 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10918 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10919 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10921 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10922 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10923 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10924 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10925 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10926 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10928 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10929 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10930 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10931 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10932 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10936 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */